1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
153 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
154 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
162 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
164 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
165 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
166 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
169 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
170 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
171 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
173 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
174 Information instructions. The register number, offset
175 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
176 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
178 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
180 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
186 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
188 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
189 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
190 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
191 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
195 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
197 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
198 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
199 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
201 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
206 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
207 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
208 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
209 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
210 of this structure. */
211 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
213 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
216 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
219 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
220 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
221 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
222 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
223 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
225 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
232 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
234 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
235 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
236 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
237 unsigned funcdef_number
;
238 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
239 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
240 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
244 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
245 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
247 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
248 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
249 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
250 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
252 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
253 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
256 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
257 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
258 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
261 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
262 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
265 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
266 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
267 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
270 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
271 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
273 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
277 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
279 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
280 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
281 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
283 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
284 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
285 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
286 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
288 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
292 /* CIE identifier. */
293 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
294 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
295 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
297 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
300 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
301 information for each routine. */
302 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
304 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
305 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
307 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
308 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
310 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
312 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
314 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
315 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
317 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
318 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
319 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
320 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
321 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
322 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
325 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
328 unsigned int refcount
;
333 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
335 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
336 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
340 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
342 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
343 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
344 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
345 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
346 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
347 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
348 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
349 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
350 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
351 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
352 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
353 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
354 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
355 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
356 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
357 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
359 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
360 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
361 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
362 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
363 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
364 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
365 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
367 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
368 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
369 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
372 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
373 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
374 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
376 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
377 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
380 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
381 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
384 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
385 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
388 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
389 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
391 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
392 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
393 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
394 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
395 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
397 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
399 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
400 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
402 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
403 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
405 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
407 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
409 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
413 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
414 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
415 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
419 /* Hook used by __throw. */
422 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
424 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
425 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
428 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
429 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
432 stripattributes (const char *s
)
434 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
439 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
446 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
449 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
452 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
453 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
454 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
455 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
457 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
459 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
461 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
463 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
464 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
467 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
468 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
469 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
471 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
473 wrote_return_column
= true;
475 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
479 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
480 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
484 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
485 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column
);
486 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
487 wrote_return_column
= false;
489 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
492 if (! wrote_return_column
)
494 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
495 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
496 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
497 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
501 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
504 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
508 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
509 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
511 return "DW_CFA_offset";
513 return "DW_CFA_restore";
517 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
518 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
519 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
524 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
525 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
526 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
527 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
528 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
529 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
530 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
531 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
532 case DW_CFA_register
:
533 return "DW_CFA_register";
534 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
535 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
536 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
537 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
539 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
540 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
541 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
542 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
548 case DW_CFA_expression
:
549 return "DW_CFA_expression";
550 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
551 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
557 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
558 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
559 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
562 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
563 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
564 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
565 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
570 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
574 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
576 static inline dw_cfi_ref
579 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
581 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
582 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
583 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
588 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
591 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
595 /* Find the end of the chain. */
596 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
602 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
605 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
607 static char label
[20];
609 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
614 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
615 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
618 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
622 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
625 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
627 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
628 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
632 label
= xstrdup (label
);
634 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
636 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
637 set the location directly using set_loc. */
638 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
639 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
644 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
647 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
651 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
654 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
657 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
659 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
662 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
664 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
666 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
669 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
672 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
673 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
676 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
678 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
680 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
681 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
688 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
691 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
695 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
698 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
700 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
701 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
703 if (fde_table_in_use
)
705 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
706 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
707 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
711 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
712 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
714 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
716 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
718 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
721 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
722 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
724 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
725 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
726 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
729 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
736 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
739 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
742 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
744 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
745 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
746 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
747 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
748 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
751 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
752 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
755 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
758 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
763 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
764 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
766 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
767 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
769 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
770 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
775 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
778 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
781 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
782 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
784 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
785 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
789 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
790 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
794 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
795 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
796 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
799 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
800 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
801 offset has not changed. */
802 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
807 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
809 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
810 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
811 the specified offset. */
814 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
815 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
817 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
823 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
824 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
825 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
830 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
831 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
832 register-offset pair is available. */
833 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
835 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
836 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
840 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
843 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
844 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
845 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
846 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
849 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
851 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
853 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
855 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
858 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
860 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
864 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
866 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
867 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
868 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
870 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
872 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
875 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
877 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
879 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
881 else if (sreg
== reg
)
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
885 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
886 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
889 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
892 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
893 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
894 from the previous frame's window save area.
896 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
897 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
900 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
902 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
904 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
905 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
908 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
909 pushed onto the stack. */
912 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
916 if (size
== old_args_size
)
919 old_args_size
= size
;
922 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
923 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
924 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
927 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
928 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
931 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
933 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
936 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
937 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
940 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
942 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
945 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
946 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
949 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
951 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
954 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
955 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
958 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
960 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
961 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
963 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
966 /* RA is in a register. */
967 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
971 /* RA is on the stack. */
973 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
976 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
981 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
982 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
986 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
987 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
997 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
998 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
999 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1000 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1001 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1008 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1009 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1012 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1015 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1016 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
1018 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1019 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1020 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1023 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1026 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1027 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1028 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1029 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1032 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1036 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1038 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1039 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1040 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1046 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1048 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1049 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1050 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1051 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1052 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1059 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1061 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1068 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1070 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1085 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1086 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1087 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1090 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1092 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1096 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1097 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1098 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1099 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1100 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1103 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1104 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1105 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1107 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1109 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1110 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1111 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1112 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1113 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1114 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1116 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1121 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1123 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1124 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1127 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1129 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1130 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1131 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1132 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1133 offset
= -args_size
;
1138 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1139 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1140 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1141 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1143 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1145 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1146 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1147 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1155 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1156 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1158 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1162 args_size
+= offset
;
1166 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1167 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1168 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1169 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1174 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1175 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1176 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1178 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1180 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1182 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1186 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1188 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1189 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1194 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1195 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1196 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1197 more efficient data structure. */
1198 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1199 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1201 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1202 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1204 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1205 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1208 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1210 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1212 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1213 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1215 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1216 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1221 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1222 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1223 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1227 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1228 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1230 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1233 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1236 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1238 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1240 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1243 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1245 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1246 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1248 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1250 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1251 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1253 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1255 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1256 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1259 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1261 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1263 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1264 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1267 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1268 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1271 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1272 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1273 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1274 have a new location for? */
1277 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1279 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1281 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1284 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1286 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1287 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1288 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1295 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1298 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1301 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1303 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1304 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1306 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1308 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1309 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1311 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1312 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1314 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1315 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1316 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1319 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1322 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1324 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1326 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1328 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1329 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1332 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1333 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1334 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1335 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1341 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1342 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1343 value, not an offset. */
1344 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1346 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1347 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1348 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1349 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1351 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1352 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1353 users need not read the source code.
1355 The High-Level Picture
1357 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1358 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1359 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1360 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1361 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1363 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1364 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1365 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1366 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1367 saves. This also seems to work.
1369 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1370 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1371 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1372 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1373 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1374 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1375 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1376 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1377 value as in the caller.
1379 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1380 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1381 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1382 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1384 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1387 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1389 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1390 consists of a register and an offset.
1391 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1392 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1393 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1394 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1395 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1396 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1397 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1399 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1400 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1401 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1404 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1405 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1406 and cfa_temp.offset.
1408 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1411 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1412 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1413 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1417 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1418 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1421 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1422 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1423 cfa.offset unchanged
1424 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1428 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1429 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1430 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1431 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1432 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1433 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1436 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1438 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1441 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1442 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1444 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1445 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1446 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1449 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1450 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1452 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1456 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1457 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1458 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1461 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1462 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1463 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1466 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1470 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1471 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1472 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1475 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1476 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1477 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1479 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1482 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1483 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1484 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1486 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1489 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1496 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1497 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1498 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1501 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1502 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1503 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1504 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1507 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1508 effects: target-dependent */
1511 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1514 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1516 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1517 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1518 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1519 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1520 flag is set in them. */
1521 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1524 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1526 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1527 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1528 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1530 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1535 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1537 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1538 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1542 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1547 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1550 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1552 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1554 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1557 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1558 relative to the current CFA register.
1560 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1561 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1562 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1563 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1564 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1565 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1566 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1570 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1571 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1572 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1573 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1574 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1575 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1582 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1586 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1589 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1592 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1594 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1600 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1602 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1603 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1604 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1606 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1607 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1610 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1612 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1614 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1615 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1616 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1617 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1619 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1622 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1623 or adjusting the FP */
1624 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1626 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1627 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1628 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1629 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1630 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1632 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1633 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1637 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1640 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1641 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1642 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1644 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1645 into the FP later on. */
1646 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1647 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1648 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1649 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1650 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1651 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1655 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1656 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1657 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1659 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1660 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1661 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1662 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1663 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1667 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1668 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1670 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1671 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1680 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1681 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1686 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1687 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1688 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1690 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1691 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1692 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1695 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1696 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1703 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1704 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1705 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1712 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1716 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1718 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1720 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1725 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1726 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1728 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1730 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1731 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1733 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1734 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1735 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1737 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1743 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1744 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1747 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1748 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1750 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1751 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1752 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1754 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1758 /* With an offset. */
1765 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1766 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1767 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1768 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1771 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1773 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1774 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1777 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1778 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1784 /* Without an offset. */
1787 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1789 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1790 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1793 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1794 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1801 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1802 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1803 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1804 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1811 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1812 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1813 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1815 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1817 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1819 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1820 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1822 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1823 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1828 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1829 calculate the CFA. */
1830 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1834 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1836 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1837 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1839 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1844 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1845 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1853 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1854 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1855 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1857 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1858 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1861 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1866 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1870 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1871 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1873 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1876 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1878 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1881 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1883 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1885 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1886 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1888 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1892 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1893 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1895 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1897 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1898 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1902 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1903 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1905 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1907 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1909 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1914 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1915 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1916 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1918 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1919 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1924 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1927 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1928 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1929 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1930 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1931 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1932 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1935 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1937 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1939 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1940 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1941 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1942 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1943 case DW_CFA_register
:
1944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1946 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1947 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1948 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1951 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1952 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1960 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1961 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1962 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1964 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1965 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1969 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1970 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1972 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1973 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1974 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1976 case DW_CFA_register
:
1977 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1980 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1984 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1986 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1987 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1991 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1995 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1996 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2000 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2006 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2008 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2010 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2012 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2013 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2014 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2015 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2016 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2017 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2018 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2019 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2022 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2023 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2027 if (eh_frame_section
)
2028 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2031 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2032 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2033 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2034 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
2035 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2036 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2037 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2038 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2042 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2045 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2048 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2050 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2051 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2052 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2053 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2055 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2057 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2060 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2062 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2064 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2069 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2071 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2073 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2075 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2076 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2077 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2081 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2082 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2085 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2086 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2087 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2088 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2092 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2093 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2094 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2098 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2099 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2100 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2103 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2105 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2106 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2109 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2110 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2111 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2116 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2117 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2118 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2120 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2123 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2124 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2125 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2126 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2127 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2131 case DW_CFA_register
:
2132 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2134 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2138 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2139 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2143 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2144 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2147 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2150 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2151 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2152 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2155 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2156 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2165 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2166 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2167 location of saved registers. */
2170 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2175 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2176 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2177 char augmentation
[6];
2178 int augmentation_size
;
2179 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2180 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2181 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2184 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2185 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2188 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2189 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2190 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2191 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2192 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2193 specialization doesn't. */
2194 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2195 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2197 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2198 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2199 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2200 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2201 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2202 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2204 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2205 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2206 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2207 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2210 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2212 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2213 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2214 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2215 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2216 any_eh_needed
= true;
2217 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2218 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2219 any_eh_needed
= true;
2221 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2225 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2230 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2233 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2234 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2235 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2236 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2239 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2240 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2242 /* Output the CIE. */
2243 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2244 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2245 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2246 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2247 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2248 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2249 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2250 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2252 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2253 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2254 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2255 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2256 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2260 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2261 augmentation_size
= 0;
2267 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2268 augmentation section.
2269 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2270 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2271 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2273 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2274 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2276 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2277 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2278 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2280 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2281 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2284 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2286 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2289 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2291 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2294 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2296 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2298 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2302 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2303 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2305 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2307 + 1 /* CIE version */
2308 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2309 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2310 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2312 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2313 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2314 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2316 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2318 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2319 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2320 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2324 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2325 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2326 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2327 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2329 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2330 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2335 if (augmentation
[0])
2337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2338 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2341 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2342 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2343 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2347 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2348 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2349 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2351 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2352 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2353 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2356 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2357 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2359 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2360 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2361 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2362 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2364 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2365 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2367 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2369 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2370 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2371 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2372 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2373 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2376 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2377 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2378 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2380 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2381 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2382 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2383 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2385 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2388 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2390 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2391 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
2395 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2396 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2397 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2400 "FDE initial location");
2401 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2403 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2404 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2405 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2406 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2407 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2408 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2409 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
2410 "FDE initial location");
2411 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2412 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2413 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2414 "FDE address range");
2415 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
2416 "FDE initial location");
2417 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2418 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2419 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2420 "FDE address range");
2423 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2424 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2425 "FDE address range");
2429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2430 "FDE initial location");
2431 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2433 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2434 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2435 "FDE initial location");
2436 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2437 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2438 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2439 "FDE address range");
2440 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2441 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2442 "FDE initial location");
2443 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2444 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2445 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2446 "FDE address range");
2449 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2450 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2451 "FDE address range");
2454 if (augmentation
[0])
2456 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2458 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2460 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2462 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2463 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2464 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2465 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2466 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2469 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2472 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2474 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2476 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2477 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2478 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2479 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2480 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2484 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2485 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2487 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2488 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2495 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2497 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2498 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2499 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2501 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2502 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2503 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2504 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2507 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2509 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2510 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2511 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2512 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2515 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2520 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2524 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2525 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2527 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2531 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2533 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2534 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2535 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2537 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2538 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2541 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2545 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
2546 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2547 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2548 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2549 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2550 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2551 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2553 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2554 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2555 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2559 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2560 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2562 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2563 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2564 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2565 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2566 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2569 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2570 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2572 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2573 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2574 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2575 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2576 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
2577 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2578 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2579 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2580 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2581 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2582 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2583 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2584 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2585 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2586 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2587 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2589 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2591 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2592 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2593 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2595 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2599 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2600 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2604 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2605 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2608 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2610 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2612 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2613 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2615 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2616 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2620 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2622 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2623 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2624 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2625 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2627 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2628 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2630 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2631 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2633 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2634 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
)
2635 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2640 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2642 /* Output call frame information. */
2643 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2644 output_call_frame_info (0);
2646 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2647 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2648 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2649 output_call_frame_info (1);
2654 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2655 for emitting location expressions. */
2657 /* Data about a single source file. */
2658 struct dwarf_file_data
GTY(())
2660 const char * filename
;
2664 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2665 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2666 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2669 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2670 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2671 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2672 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2674 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2675 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2676 implementation are listed below. */
2681 dw_val_class_offset
,
2683 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2684 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2686 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2687 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2690 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2691 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2692 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2693 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
2695 dw_val_class_macptr
,
2699 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2700 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2702 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2709 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2711 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2713 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2719 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2720 represented internally. */
2722 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2724 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2725 union dw_val_struct_union
2727 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2728 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2729 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2730 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2731 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2732 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2733 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2734 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2735 struct dw_val_die_union
2739 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2740 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2741 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2742 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2743 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2744 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
2746 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2750 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2753 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2755 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2756 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2757 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2758 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2763 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2764 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2765 their entire life. */
2766 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2768 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2769 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2770 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2771 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2772 Only on head of list */
2773 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2774 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2777 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2779 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2780 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2781 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2782 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2783 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2784 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2785 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2786 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2788 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2791 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2796 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2797 return "DW_OP_addr";
2799 return "DW_OP_deref";
2801 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2803 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2805 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2807 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2809 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2811 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2813 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2815 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2817 return "DW_OP_constu";
2819 return "DW_OP_consts";
2823 return "DW_OP_drop";
2825 return "DW_OP_over";
2827 return "DW_OP_pick";
2829 return "DW_OP_swap";
2833 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2841 return "DW_OP_minus";
2853 return "DW_OP_plus";
2854 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2855 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2861 return "DW_OP_shra";
2879 return "DW_OP_skip";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3073 return "DW_OP_regx";
3075 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3077 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3079 return "DW_OP_piece";
3080 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3081 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3082 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3083 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3086 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3087 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3089 return "DW_OP_call2";
3091 return "DW_OP_call4";
3092 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3093 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3094 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3095 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3097 return "OP_<unknown>";
3101 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3102 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3103 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3105 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3106 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3107 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3109 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
3111 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3112 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3113 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3114 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3115 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3120 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3123 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3125 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3127 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3128 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3134 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3136 static unsigned long
3137 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3139 unsigned long size
= 1;
3141 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3144 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3145 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3164 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3167 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3172 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3173 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3211 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3214 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3217 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3220 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3221 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3224 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3226 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3227 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3236 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3237 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3246 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3248 static unsigned long
3249 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3254 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3255 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3256 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3258 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
3260 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3265 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3267 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3268 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3274 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3277 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3279 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3280 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3282 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3284 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3286 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3290 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3294 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3298 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3306 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3307 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3309 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3322 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3323 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3324 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3325 only doing unwinding. */
3330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3336 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3339 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3341 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3342 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3376 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3379 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3382 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3385 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3386 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3389 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3391 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3392 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3396 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3397 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
3399 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
3402 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3409 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3414 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3417 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3419 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3421 /* Output the opcode. */
3422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3423 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3425 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3426 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3430 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3431 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3434 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3436 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3439 /* Output the size of the block. */
3440 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3441 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3442 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3444 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3445 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3448 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3449 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3452 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3453 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3455 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3457 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
3461 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3464 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3466 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3468 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3469 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3471 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3473 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3474 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3475 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3478 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3479 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3486 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3488 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3489 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3490 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, offset
, 0);
3492 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, offset
);
3498 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3499 descriptor sequence. */
3502 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3504 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3506 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3510 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3512 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3548 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3551 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3585 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3586 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3589 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3590 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3595 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3596 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3599 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3600 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3604 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3606 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3607 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3609 /* .debug_str support. */
3610 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3612 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3613 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3614 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3615 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3616 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3617 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3618 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3619 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3620 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3621 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3622 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3623 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3624 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3625 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3626 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3627 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3629 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3631 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3637 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3638 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3639 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3640 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3641 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3642 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3643 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3644 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3645 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3646 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3647 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3648 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3649 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3650 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3651 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3652 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3653 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3654 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3655 something tries to reference them. */
3656 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3657 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3658 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3659 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3660 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3661 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3665 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3666 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3667 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3669 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3670 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3671 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3672 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3674 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3675 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3677 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3679 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3681 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3682 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3683 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3684 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3685 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3687 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3688 line number associated with the label generated for that
3689 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3690 the line number entry. */
3692 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3694 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3695 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3699 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3701 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3703 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3704 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3705 unsigned long function
;
3707 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3709 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3710 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3711 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3713 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3715 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3716 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3720 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
3721 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
3723 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3724 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3725 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3727 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3729 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3731 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
3732 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3733 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3735 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3736 dw_offset die_offset
;
3737 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3739 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3740 int die_perennial_p
;
3741 unsigned int decl_id
;
3745 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3746 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3747 c = die->die_child; \
3751 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3754 /* The pubname structure */
3756 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3763 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
3764 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
3766 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3771 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3772 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3776 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3780 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3781 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3782 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3785 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3786 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3788 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3789 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3790 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3791 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3792 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3793 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3795 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3796 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3797 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3798 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3799 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3800 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3801 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3802 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3803 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3804 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3806 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3807 language, and compiler version. */
3809 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3810 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3811 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3813 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3814 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3816 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3817 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3818 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3819 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3820 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3822 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3823 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3824 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3825 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3826 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3827 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3829 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3830 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3831 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3832 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3834 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3838 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3839 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3840 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3842 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3843 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3845 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3846 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3848 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3849 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3850 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3851 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3852 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3854 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3855 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3856 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3857 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3860 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3861 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3863 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3864 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3866 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3867 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
3869 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3870 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3871 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3873 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3874 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3876 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3877 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3878 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
3879 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3882 /* Variable location list. */
3883 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3885 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3887 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3888 it is marked through the chain. */
3889 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3891 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3892 unsigned int decl_id
;
3894 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3897 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3898 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3900 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3901 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3902 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3903 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3904 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3906 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3907 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3909 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3910 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3912 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3913 abbrev_die_table. */
3914 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3916 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3917 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3918 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3919 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3921 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3922 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3924 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3925 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3927 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3928 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
3930 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3931 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3932 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3933 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3935 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3936 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3938 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3939 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3941 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3943 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3945 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3946 accessible names. */
3947 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
3949 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3950 accessible types. */
3951 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
3953 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3954 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3956 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3957 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3959 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3960 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3962 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3964 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3966 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3967 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3969 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3970 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3972 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3973 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3975 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3977 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3979 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3980 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
3982 /* Unique label counter. */
3983 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
3985 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3986 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3987 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3989 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3990 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3993 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3994 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
3996 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3997 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3999 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4000 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
4002 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4004 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4005 within the current function. */
4006 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
4008 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4010 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
4011 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
4012 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
4013 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4014 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4015 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4016 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
4017 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
4018 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
4019 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
4020 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
4021 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4022 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
4023 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4024 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
4025 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4026 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
4027 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
4029 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
4030 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4031 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4032 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4033 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4034 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
4035 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
4036 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
4037 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4038 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
4039 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
4040 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4041 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4042 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4043 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
4044 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4046 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
4047 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
4048 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
4049 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4050 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4051 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4052 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4053 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4054 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4056 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
4057 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4058 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4059 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4060 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4061 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4062 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4063 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4064 static bool is_c_family (void);
4065 static bool is_cxx (void);
4066 static bool is_java (void);
4067 static bool is_fortran (void);
4068 static bool is_ada (void);
4069 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4070 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
4071 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4072 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4073 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
4074 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4075 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4076 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4077 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
4078 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4079 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4080 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
4081 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4082 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
4083 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4084 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
4085 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4086 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4087 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
4088 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
4089 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4090 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4091 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
4092 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
4093 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
4094 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
4095 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4096 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
4097 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
4098 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
4099 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
4100 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
4101 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
4102 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4103 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4104 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4105 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
4106 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
4107 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
4108 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
4109 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4110 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4111 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
4112 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
4113 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4114 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4115 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4116 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4117 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4118 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4119 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4120 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4121 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
4122 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
4123 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4124 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
4125 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
4126 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4127 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4128 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4129 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4130 static void output_aranges (void);
4131 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
4132 static void output_ranges (void);
4133 static void output_line_info (void);
4134 static void output_file_names (void);
4135 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
4136 static tree
root_type (tree
);
4137 static int is_base_type (tree
);
4138 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
4139 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4140 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4141 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
4142 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
4143 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
4144 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4145 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4146 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4147 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4148 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4149 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
4150 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
4151 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4152 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4153 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
4154 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
4155 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
4156 static tree
field_type (tree
);
4157 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
4158 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
4159 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
4160 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
4161 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4163 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4164 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
4165 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4166 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4167 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
4168 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
4169 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
4170 enum dwarf_attribute
);
4171 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4172 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
4173 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
4174 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4175 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4176 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4177 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4178 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4179 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4180 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4181 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4182 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4183 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4184 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4185 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4186 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4187 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4188 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4189 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4190 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4191 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
4192 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
4194 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4196 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4198 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4200 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4201 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4202 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4203 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4204 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4205 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4206 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4207 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4208 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4209 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4210 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4211 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4212 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4213 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4214 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4215 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4216 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4217 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4218 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4219 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4220 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4221 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4222 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4223 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4224 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
4225 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4226 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4227 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4228 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4229 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4230 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4231 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
4232 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4233 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4234 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4235 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4236 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4237 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4238 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4239 const char *, const char *,
4241 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4242 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4244 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4245 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4246 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4247 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4248 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4249 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4250 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
4252 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4253 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4254 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4256 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4257 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4259 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4260 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4262 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4263 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4265 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4266 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4268 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4269 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4271 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4272 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4274 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4275 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4277 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4278 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4281 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4282 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4283 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4286 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4287 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4288 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4289 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4292 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4293 the section names themselves. */
4295 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4296 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4298 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4299 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4301 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4302 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4304 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4305 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4307 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4308 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4310 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4311 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4313 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4314 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4316 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4317 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4320 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4321 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4322 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4323 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4324 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4326 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4327 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4328 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4329 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4330 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4331 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4332 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4333 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4334 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4335 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4337 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4338 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4340 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4341 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4343 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4344 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4346 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4347 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4349 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4350 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4352 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4353 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4356 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4357 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4359 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4362 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4364 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4367 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4370 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4372 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4373 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4374 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4377 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4381 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4383 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4385 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4386 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4387 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4388 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4390 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4391 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4392 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4397 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4400 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4402 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4404 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4405 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4408 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4411 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4415 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4416 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4417 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4418 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4419 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4420 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4421 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4422 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4423 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4424 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4425 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4426 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4427 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4428 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4430 return "DW_TAG_label";
4431 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4432 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4434 return "DW_TAG_member";
4435 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4436 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4437 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4438 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4439 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4440 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4441 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4442 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4443 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4444 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4445 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4446 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4447 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4448 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4449 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4450 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4451 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4452 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4453 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4454 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4455 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4456 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4457 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4458 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4459 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4460 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4461 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4462 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4464 return "DW_TAG_module";
4465 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4466 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4467 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4468 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4469 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4470 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4471 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4472 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4473 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4474 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4475 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4476 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4477 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4478 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4479 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4480 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4481 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4482 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4483 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4484 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4485 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4486 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4488 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4489 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4490 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4491 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4492 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4493 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4494 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4495 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4496 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4497 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4498 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4499 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4500 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4501 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4502 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4503 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4504 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4505 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4506 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4507 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4508 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4509 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4510 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4511 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4512 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4513 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4514 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4515 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4516 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4517 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4518 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4519 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4520 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4521 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4522 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4523 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4524 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4525 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4526 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4528 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4532 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4535 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4540 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4541 case DW_AT_location
:
4542 return "DW_AT_location";
4544 return "DW_AT_name";
4545 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4546 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4547 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4548 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4549 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4550 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4551 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4552 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4553 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4554 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4555 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4556 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4557 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4558 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4560 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4562 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4563 case DW_AT_language
:
4564 return "DW_AT_language";
4566 return "DW_AT_member";
4568 return "DW_AT_discr";
4569 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4570 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4571 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4572 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4574 return "DW_AT_import";
4575 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4576 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4577 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4578 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4579 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4580 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4581 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4582 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4583 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4584 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4585 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4586 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4588 return "DW_AT_inline";
4589 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4590 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4591 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4592 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4593 case DW_AT_producer
:
4594 return "DW_AT_producer";
4595 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4596 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4597 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4598 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4599 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4600 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4601 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4602 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4603 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4604 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4605 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4606 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4607 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4608 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4609 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4610 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4611 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4612 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4613 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4614 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4615 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4616 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4618 return "DW_AT_count";
4619 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4620 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4621 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4622 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4623 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4624 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4625 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4626 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4627 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4628 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4629 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4630 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4631 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4632 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4633 case DW_AT_external
:
4634 return "DW_AT_external";
4635 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4636 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4638 return "DW_AT_friend";
4639 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4640 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4641 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4642 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4643 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4644 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4645 case DW_AT_priority
:
4646 return "DW_AT_priority";
4648 return "DW_AT_segment";
4649 case DW_AT_specification
:
4650 return "DW_AT_specification";
4651 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4652 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4654 return "DW_AT_type";
4655 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4656 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4657 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4658 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4659 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4660 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4661 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4662 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4664 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4665 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4666 case DW_AT_associated
:
4667 return "DW_AT_associated";
4668 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4669 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4671 return "DW_AT_stride";
4672 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4673 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4674 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4675 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4676 case DW_AT_extension
:
4677 return "DW_AT_extension";
4679 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4680 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4681 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4682 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4683 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4684 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4685 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4686 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4687 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4689 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4690 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4691 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4692 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4693 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4694 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4695 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4696 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4697 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4698 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4699 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4700 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4701 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4702 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4703 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4704 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4705 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4706 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4707 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4708 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4709 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4712 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4713 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4714 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4715 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4716 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4717 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4718 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4719 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4720 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4721 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4722 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4723 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4724 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4725 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4727 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4728 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4731 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4735 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4738 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4743 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4744 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4745 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4746 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4747 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4749 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4751 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4753 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4754 case DW_FORM_string
:
4755 return "DW_FORM_string";
4757 return "DW_FORM_block";
4758 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4759 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4761 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4763 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4765 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4767 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4769 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4770 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4771 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4773 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4775 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4777 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4779 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4780 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4781 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4782 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4783 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4785 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4789 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4790 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4791 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4792 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4796 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4798 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4801 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4802 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4803 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4804 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4807 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4808 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4809 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4811 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4814 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4815 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4816 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4817 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4821 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4823 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4825 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4826 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4827 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4828 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4831 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4836 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4840 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4841 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4842 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4844 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4846 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4847 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4848 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4849 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4850 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4851 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4852 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
4853 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
4859 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4860 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4864 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4866 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4868 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4869 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4871 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4872 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4874 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4875 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4880 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4883 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4885 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4889 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
4890 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
4891 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
4894 static inline enum dw_val_class
4895 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4897 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4900 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4903 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4907 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4908 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4909 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4910 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4913 static inline unsigned
4914 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4916 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4917 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4920 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4923 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4927 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4928 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4929 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4930 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4933 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4934 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4936 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
4937 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4940 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4943 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4944 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4948 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4949 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4950 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4951 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4954 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4955 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4957 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
4958 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4961 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4964 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4965 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4969 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4970 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4971 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4972 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4973 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4976 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4979 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4980 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
4984 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4985 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
4986 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
4987 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
4988 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
4989 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4992 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4995 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4997 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
5001 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
5003 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
5004 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
5007 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5010 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
5013 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5016 if (! debug_str_hash
)
5017 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
5018 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
5020 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
5021 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
5023 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
5024 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
5025 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
5028 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5029 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
5030 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
5031 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5034 static inline const char *
5035 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5037 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5038 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5041 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5042 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5045 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
5047 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5051 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5053 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
5057 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
5059 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5060 always better to put it inline. */
5061 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
5062 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5064 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5065 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5067 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
5068 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
5069 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5071 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
5072 ++dw2_string_counter
;
5073 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
5075 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
5078 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5081 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5085 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5086 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
5087 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
5088 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
5089 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5092 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5093 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5096 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5098 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
5099 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
5100 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
5103 static inline dw_die_ref
5104 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
5106 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5107 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5111 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
5113 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5114 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
5120 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
5122 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5123 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
5126 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5129 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
5133 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5134 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
5135 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
5136 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5139 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5142 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5146 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5147 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
5148 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
5149 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5152 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5153 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
5155 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
5156 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
5160 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
5164 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5165 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
5166 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
5167 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5168 have_location_lists
= true;
5171 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5172 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
5174 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5175 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5178 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5181 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5185 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5186 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5187 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5188 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5191 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5194 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5196 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5197 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5200 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5203 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5204 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5208 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5209 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5210 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5211 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5214 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5216 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5217 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
5219 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
5220 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5223 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5226 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5230 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5231 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5232 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5233 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5236 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5237 debug_line section. */
5240 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5245 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5246 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5247 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5248 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5251 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5252 debug_macinfo section. */
5255 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5260 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5261 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5262 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5263 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5266 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5269 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5270 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5274 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5275 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5276 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5277 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5280 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5283 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5284 long unsigned int offset
)
5288 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5289 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5290 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5291 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5294 static inline const char *
5295 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5297 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5298 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5299 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
5300 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5303 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5306 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5310 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5315 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5316 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5318 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5319 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5323 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5328 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5329 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5330 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5332 static inline const char *
5333 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5335 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5337 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5340 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5341 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5342 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5344 static inline const char *
5345 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5347 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5349 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5352 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5353 NULL if it is not present. */
5355 static inline const char *
5356 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5358 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5360 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5363 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5364 if it is not present. */
5367 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5369 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5371 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5374 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5375 if it is not present. */
5377 static inline unsigned
5378 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5380 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5382 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5385 static inline dw_die_ref
5386 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5388 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5390 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5393 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5394 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5396 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5398 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5401 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5406 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5408 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
5409 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5410 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
5413 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5418 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5420 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
5423 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5428 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5430 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5431 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5432 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5435 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5440 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5442 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5445 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5450 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5452 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5455 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5458 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5466 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5467 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5469 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5470 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5471 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5473 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5475 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
5480 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5481 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5484 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5486 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5487 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5490 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5494 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5495 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5496 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5499 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5503 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5509 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5511 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5513 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5514 /* Might have removed every child. */
5515 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
5519 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5522 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5525 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5527 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5528 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5530 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5532 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5535 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5536 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5539 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5540 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5543 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5544 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5545 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5548 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5552 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5553 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5554 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5556 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5562 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5563 || (child
->die_parent
5564 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5566 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5567 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5569 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5573 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
5576 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5578 static inline dw_die_ref
5579 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5581 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5583 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5585 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5586 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5589 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5591 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5592 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5593 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5594 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5595 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5601 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5603 static inline dw_die_ref
5604 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5606 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5609 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5612 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5614 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5617 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5620 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5622 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5625 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5628 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5630 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5633 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5635 static inline dw_die_ref
5636 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5638 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5641 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5644 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5646 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5649 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5653 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5655 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5658 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5660 static inline var_loc_list
*
5661 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5663 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5666 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5669 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5671 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5674 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5676 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5679 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5682 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5684 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5688 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5691 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5692 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5700 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5701 we have nothing to do. */
5702 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5703 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5705 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5706 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5710 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5711 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5718 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5719 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5720 the DIE internal representation. */
5721 static int print_indent
;
5723 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5726 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5728 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5731 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5732 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5735 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5741 print_spaces (outfile
);
5742 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5743 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5744 print_spaces (outfile
);
5745 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5746 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5748 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5750 print_spaces (outfile
);
5751 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5753 switch (AT_class (a
))
5755 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5756 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5758 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5759 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5761 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5762 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5764 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5765 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5766 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5768 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5769 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5771 case dw_val_class_const
:
5772 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5774 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5775 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5777 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5778 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5779 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5780 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5782 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5783 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5785 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5786 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5788 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5789 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5791 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5792 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5794 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5797 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5799 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5800 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5801 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5802 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5804 case dw_val_class_str
:
5805 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5806 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5808 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5810 case dw_val_class_file
:
5811 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
5812 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
5818 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5821 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5824 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
5827 if (print_indent
== 0)
5828 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5831 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5832 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5835 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5838 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5840 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5841 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5843 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5844 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
5845 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
5846 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5849 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5852 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5855 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5857 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5860 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5861 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5867 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5868 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5869 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5872 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5873 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5874 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5877 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5879 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5880 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5882 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5886 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5889 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5891 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5893 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5897 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5898 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5900 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5903 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5905 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5906 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5907 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5910 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5913 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5915 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5918 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5920 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5921 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5922 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5925 switch (AT_class (at
))
5927 case dw_val_class_const
:
5928 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5930 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5931 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5933 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5934 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5936 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5937 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5939 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5940 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5942 case dw_val_class_str
:
5943 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5946 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5948 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5949 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5952 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5953 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5956 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5957 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5958 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5961 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5962 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5965 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5966 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5967 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5968 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5971 case dw_val_class_file
:
5972 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
5980 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5983 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5989 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5992 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5995 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5997 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5999 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6000 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6002 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6006 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6008 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6010 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
6012 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
6013 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
6014 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
6017 /* Do the values look the same? */
6019 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6021 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6024 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6027 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6029 case dw_val_class_const
:
6030 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6031 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6032 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6033 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6034 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
6035 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6036 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6037 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6038 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
6040 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
6041 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
6044 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6045 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
6046 case dw_val_class_str
:
6047 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6049 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6050 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
6051 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
6052 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
6054 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6055 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
6057 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6058 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6060 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6061 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6063 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6064 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6066 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6068 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6069 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6071 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6072 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6073 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6074 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6077 case dw_val_class_file
:
6078 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
6085 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6088 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6090 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6093 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6094 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6095 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6098 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6101 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6104 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6110 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6112 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6113 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6115 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6118 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
6119 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
6122 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
6123 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
6126 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
6127 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6136 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6140 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
6142 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
6152 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6155 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6158 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6160 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6161 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6166 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6168 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6170 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6171 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6173 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6174 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6177 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6179 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6180 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6181 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6184 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6187 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6188 the name filename of the unit. */
6190 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6192 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6193 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6194 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6196 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6197 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6199 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6200 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6202 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6206 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6207 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6210 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6213 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6215 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6217 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6218 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6219 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6220 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6221 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6222 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6223 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6224 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6225 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6226 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6227 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6228 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6229 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6230 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6231 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6232 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6233 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6234 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6241 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6242 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6243 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6244 compilations (functions). */
6247 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6249 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6250 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6251 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6252 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6254 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6257 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6258 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6259 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6260 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6262 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6264 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6267 return is_type_die (c
);
6270 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6271 compilation unit. */
6274 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6276 return (is_type_die (c
)
6277 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6278 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
6279 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
6283 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6287 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6288 return xstrdup (buf
);
6291 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6294 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6298 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6300 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6302 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6304 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6305 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6306 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6309 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6312 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
6315 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6318 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6319 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6322 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6324 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6326 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6328 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6332 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6334 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6335 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6337 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6341 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6343 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6353 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6356 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6358 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6359 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6361 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6363 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6364 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6368 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6370 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6376 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6380 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6382 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6383 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6389 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6391 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6393 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6395 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6396 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6400 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6403 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6404 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6405 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6408 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6411 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6412 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6413 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6417 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6419 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6420 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6422 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
6424 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6425 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6427 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6428 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6429 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6430 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6432 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6434 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
6437 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6440 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6441 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6445 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6446 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6447 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6453 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6454 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6455 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6456 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6458 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6461 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6462 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6463 comdat_symbol_number
);
6466 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6469 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6470 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6471 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6474 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6478 if (! die
->die_child
)
6481 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
6482 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6484 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
6487 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6490 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6496 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6497 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6498 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
6500 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
6503 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6504 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6505 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6506 die are visited recursively. */
6509 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6511 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6512 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6517 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6518 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6519 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6520 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6521 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
6523 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6525 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
6528 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6530 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6531 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
6535 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
6537 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6540 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
6541 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
6544 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
6546 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
6547 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
6548 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
6558 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6560 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6562 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6563 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6564 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6566 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6567 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6568 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6571 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6572 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6575 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6576 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
6579 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6582 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6589 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6592 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6597 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6598 .debug_info section. */
6600 static unsigned long
6601 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6603 unsigned long size
= 0;
6607 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6608 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6610 switch (AT_class (a
))
6612 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6613 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6615 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6616 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6618 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6620 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6623 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6627 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6628 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6630 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6631 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6633 case dw_val_class_const
:
6634 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6636 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6637 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6639 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6640 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6642 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6643 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6644 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6646 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6649 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6650 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6651 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6653 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6655 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6656 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6658 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6659 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6661 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6662 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6663 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6665 case dw_val_class_str
:
6666 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6667 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6669 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6671 case dw_val_class_file
:
6672 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
6682 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6683 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6684 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6685 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6688 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6692 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6693 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6695 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
6697 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6698 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6699 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6702 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6703 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6704 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6705 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6708 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6712 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6715 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
6718 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6721 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6725 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6728 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
6731 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6734 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6744 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
6746 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6747 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6748 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6751 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6752 generated for the compilation unit. */
6754 static unsigned long
6755 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
6761 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6762 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
6763 if (names
!= pubtype_table
6764 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
6765 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
6766 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
6768 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6772 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6774 static unsigned long
6775 size_of_aranges (void)
6779 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6781 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6782 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6783 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6785 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6786 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6790 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6792 static enum dwarf_form
6793 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6795 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6797 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6798 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6799 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6800 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6801 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6802 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6805 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6807 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6811 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6812 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6815 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6817 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6821 case dw_val_class_const
:
6822 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6823 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6824 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6827 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6829 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6831 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6833 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6837 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6838 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6839 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6840 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6841 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6842 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6843 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6844 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6845 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6848 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6849 return DW_FORM_data
;
6850 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6851 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6852 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6853 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6854 return DW_FORM_data
;
6855 case dw_val_class_str
:
6856 return AT_string_form (a
);
6857 case dw_val_class_file
:
6858 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
6861 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6863 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6865 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6875 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6878 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6880 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6882 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6885 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6889 output_abbrev_section (void)
6891 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6893 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6895 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6899 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6900 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6901 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6903 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6906 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6908 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
6911 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6912 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6913 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6920 /* Terminate the table. */
6921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6924 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6927 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6929 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6934 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6935 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6936 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6938 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6940 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6943 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6944 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6945 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6947 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6948 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6949 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6951 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6953 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6955 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6956 retlist
->section
= section
;
6958 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6963 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6966 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6967 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6968 const char *section
)
6972 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6973 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6976 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6977 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6981 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6987 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
6988 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
6989 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= cfun
->hot_section_label
;
6990 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= cfun
->hot_section_end_label
;
6991 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
6992 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= cfun
->cold_section_end_label
;
6993 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
6995 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
6996 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
6997 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
7000 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7003 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
7005 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
7007 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7009 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7010 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
7013 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7015 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
7016 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7017 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7018 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
7019 "Location list end address (%s)",
7020 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7024 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
7025 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7026 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7027 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
7028 "Location list end address (%s)",
7029 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7031 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
7033 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7034 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
7035 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
7037 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
7040 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7041 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7042 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7044 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7045 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7048 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7049 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7052 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7059 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7060 them to point to. */
7061 if (die
->die_symbol
)
7062 output_die_symbol (die
);
7064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7065 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7067 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7069 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
7071 switch (AT_class (a
))
7073 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7074 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
7077 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7078 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
7082 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7084 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
7086 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
7087 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7088 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
7089 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
7094 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7095 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7097 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7098 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
7100 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
7103 case dw_val_class_const
:
7104 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7105 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7106 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7107 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
7110 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7111 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
7112 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
7115 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7117 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
7119 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7120 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7123 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
7125 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7126 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7130 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7131 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7135 first
, "long long constant");
7136 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7141 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7143 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
7144 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
7148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
7149 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
7154 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
7157 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
7158 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
7162 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7163 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
7166 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7168 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
7171 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
7176 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7177 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7179 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
7182 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
7187 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7188 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7193 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7198 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7199 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
7204 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7205 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7208 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7209 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7210 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
7213 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7214 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7215 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
7218 case dw_val_class_str
:
7219 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7220 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7221 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7223 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7225 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7228 case dw_val_class_file
:
7230 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
7232 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
7233 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
7242 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
7244 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7245 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7246 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7250 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7251 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7254 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7256 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7257 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7258 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7259 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7260 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7261 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7262 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7263 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7264 debug_abbrev_section
,
7265 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7269 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7272 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7274 const char *secname
;
7277 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7278 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7281 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7282 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7283 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7284 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7285 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7288 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7290 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7291 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7292 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7294 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7297 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7299 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7301 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7302 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
7305 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
7307 /* Output debugging information. */
7308 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7311 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7316 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7320 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7323 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7325 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7328 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7331 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7335 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7339 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7340 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
7343 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7346 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7351 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
7352 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
7353 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
7358 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
7360 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
7361 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) IDENTIFIER_POINTER
7362 (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
7363 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
7364 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
7365 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) IDENTIFIER_POINTER
7366 (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
))));
7368 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
7372 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7374 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7376 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
7377 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
7381 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7382 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7385 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
7388 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
7391 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7392 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7393 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7394 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7395 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7396 "Length of Public Names Info");
7398 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7399 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7400 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7401 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7403 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7404 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7405 "Compilation Unit Length");
7407 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
7409 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7410 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7411 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7413 if (names
!= pubtype_table
7414 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
7415 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
7417 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7420 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7424 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7427 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7430 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7432 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7435 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7437 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7438 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7439 (arange_table_allocated
7440 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7441 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7442 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7445 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7448 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7449 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7450 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7453 output_aranges (void)
7456 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7458 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7459 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7460 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7461 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7462 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7463 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7464 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7466 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7467 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7468 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7470 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7471 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7473 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7475 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7476 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7477 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7478 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7481 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7482 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7483 text_section_label
, "Length");
7484 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
7486 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
7488 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
7489 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
7492 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7494 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7496 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7497 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7499 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7501 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7503 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7504 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7508 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7509 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7510 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7511 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7512 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7514 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7517 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7519 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7520 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7521 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7522 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7527 /* Output the terminator words. */
7528 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7529 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7532 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7536 add_ranges (tree block
)
7538 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7540 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7542 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7544 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7545 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7546 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7547 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7550 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7551 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7553 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7557 output_ranges (void)
7560 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7561 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7563 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7565 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7569 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7570 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7572 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7573 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7575 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7576 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7577 base of the text section. */
7578 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7580 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7582 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7583 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7584 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7587 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7588 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7589 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7590 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7593 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7594 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7595 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7602 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7603 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7609 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7612 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7613 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7614 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7615 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7616 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7619 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7623 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7624 int length
; /* Path length. */
7625 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7626 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7627 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7630 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7631 the directories in the path. */
7634 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7636 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7637 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7641 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7642 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7643 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7644 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7645 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7646 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7647 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7649 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7650 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7656 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7657 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7658 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7659 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7660 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7662 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7663 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7668 struct file_name_acquire_data
7670 struct file_info
*files
;
7675 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7678 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
7680 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= data
;
7681 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
7682 struct file_info
*fi
;
7685 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
7687 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
7690 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
7692 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
7694 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7696 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
7699 /* Create a new array entry. */
7701 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
7704 /* Search for the file name part. */
7705 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
7706 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7708 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
7712 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
7718 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
7722 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7723 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7724 slowdowns with many input files. */
7727 output_file_names (void)
7729 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
7731 struct file_info
*files
;
7732 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7741 if (!last_emitted_file
)
7743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7744 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7748 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
7750 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7751 files
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct file_info
));
7752 dirs
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7755 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
7756 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
7757 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
7758 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
7760 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7762 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7763 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
7764 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
7765 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7767 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7768 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7771 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7772 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7773 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7774 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7776 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7777 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7778 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7784 /* This is a new directory. */
7785 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7786 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7787 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7788 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7789 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7791 /* Search for a prefix. */
7792 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7793 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7794 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7795 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7796 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7797 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7798 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7799 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7804 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7805 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7806 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7807 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7808 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7809 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7810 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7811 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7813 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7814 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7819 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7820 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7821 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7822 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7824 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7827 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7829 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7834 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7839 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7840 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7842 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7843 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7848 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7850 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7852 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7853 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7854 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7856 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7857 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7859 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7860 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7865 /* Emit the directory name table. */
7867 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7868 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7869 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7870 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
7872 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7874 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
7875 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
7876 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7877 backmap
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (int));
7878 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7879 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
7881 /* Now write all the file names. */
7882 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7884 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7885 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7887 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7888 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
7890 /* Include directory index. */
7891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
7893 /* Modification time. */
7894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7896 /* File length in bytes. */
7897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7904 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7905 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7908 output_line_info (void)
7910 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7911 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7912 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7915 unsigned long lt_index
;
7916 unsigned long current_line
;
7919 unsigned long current_file
;
7920 unsigned long function
;
7922 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7923 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7924 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7925 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7927 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7928 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7929 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7930 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7931 "Length of Source Line Info");
7932 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7935 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7938 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7939 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7940 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7941 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7942 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7943 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7944 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7945 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7947 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7949 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7950 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7951 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7952 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7953 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7954 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7955 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7956 "Special Opcode Base");
7958 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7962 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7963 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7964 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7965 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7966 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7978 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7979 output_file_names ();
7980 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7982 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7983 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7984 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7986 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7987 a series of state machine operations. */
7991 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
7992 strcpy (prev_line_label
, cfun
->cold_section_label
);
7994 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7995 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7997 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8000 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8001 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8004 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8005 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8006 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8007 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8008 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
8012 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8014 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8015 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8016 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8017 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8018 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8019 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8021 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
8024 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8026 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8027 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8031 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8032 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8033 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8034 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8035 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8036 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8039 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8041 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8042 different from the previous line. */
8043 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8045 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8047 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8050 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8051 that uses the least amount of space. */
8052 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8054 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8055 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8056 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8057 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8058 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8059 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8061 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8062 "line %lu", current_line
);
8065 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8066 depending on the value being encoded. */
8067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8068 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8069 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8070 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8074 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8075 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8078 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8081 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8082 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8083 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8088 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8090 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
8093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8094 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8100 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
8102 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8103 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8106 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8107 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8108 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
8109 && line_info
->function
== function
)
8113 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8114 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8115 to handle it differently. */
8116 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
8118 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
8120 function
= line_info
->function
;
8122 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8124 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8125 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8126 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8130 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8133 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8134 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8135 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8141 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8142 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8146 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8148 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8149 different from the previous line. */
8150 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8152 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8153 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8154 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8157 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8158 that uses the least amount of space. */
8159 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8161 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8162 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8163 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8164 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8165 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8166 "line %lu", current_line
);
8169 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8170 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8171 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8172 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8176 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8184 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8185 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
8186 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
8191 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8192 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
8195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8196 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8197 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8202 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8203 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8204 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8207 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8208 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8209 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8210 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8214 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8215 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
8218 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8219 a DIE that describes the given type.
8221 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8222 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8225 base_type_die (tree type
)
8227 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
8228 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
8230 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
8233 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8236 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
8238 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8239 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8241 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8243 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8244 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8246 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8250 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
8251 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
8253 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8256 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8257 a user defined type for it. */
8259 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8260 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8262 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8266 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8267 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8271 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8275 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8277 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8278 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
8279 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
8281 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8282 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8283 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8285 return base_type_result
;
8288 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8289 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8290 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8291 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8292 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8293 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8294 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8295 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8298 root_type (tree type
)
8300 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8301 return error_mark_node
;
8303 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8306 return error_mark_node
;
8309 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8310 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8313 return type_main_variant (type
);
8317 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8318 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8321 is_base_type (tree type
)
8323 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8336 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8341 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8354 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8355 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8356 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8357 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8360 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8361 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8363 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8364 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8365 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8367 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8368 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8370 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8373 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8374 emitted as a subrange type. */
8377 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8379 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8381 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8382 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8383 or an enumeral type. */
8385 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8386 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8389 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8390 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8393 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8394 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8395 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8396 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8397 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8398 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8399 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8400 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8402 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8403 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8404 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8405 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8406 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8407 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8408 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8409 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8410 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8411 keep checking the actual size. */
8412 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8413 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8415 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8416 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8418 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8419 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8421 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8428 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8429 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8432 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8434 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8435 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8437 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8438 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8440 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8442 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8444 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8445 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8446 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8449 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8450 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8451 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8452 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8453 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8454 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8456 return subrange_die
;
8459 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8460 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8463 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8464 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8466 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8467 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
8468 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8469 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8470 tree qualified_type
;
8473 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8476 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8479 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8480 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8481 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8483 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8486 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8488 return mod_type_die
;
8491 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
8493 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8494 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
8496 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
8498 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8500 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8501 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8502 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8504 else if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
8505 && (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8506 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)))
8507 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8508 type to which it refers. */
8509 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
8510 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8512 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8517 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8518 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8520 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8522 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8523 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8525 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8527 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8528 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8529 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8530 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8532 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8534 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8535 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8536 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8537 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8539 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8541 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8542 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8544 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8545 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8548 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8550 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8551 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8552 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8553 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8554 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8556 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8557 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8559 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8560 not the main variant. */
8561 return lookup_type_die (type
);
8564 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8565 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8566 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8568 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
))
8570 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8571 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8572 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8573 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8574 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8575 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8579 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
8582 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8583 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8584 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8585 types are possible in Ada. */
8586 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8587 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8588 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8591 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8592 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8594 return mod_type_die
;
8597 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8598 an enumerated type. */
8601 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8603 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8606 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8609 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8611 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8613 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8615 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8619 leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
8621 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8625 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8628 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8629 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8630 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8633 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
8635 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8637 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
8639 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8640 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8643 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
8644 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
8648 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8649 zero if there is none. */
8651 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8652 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8656 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8659 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8661 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
8662 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8664 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8667 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8668 a given hard register number. */
8670 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8671 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8674 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8676 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8679 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8680 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8682 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8683 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8687 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8690 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8694 leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
8696 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8699 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8700 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8702 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8703 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8705 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8712 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
));
8713 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8714 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8720 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8722 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8724 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8727 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8731 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8732 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8733 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8734 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8739 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8741 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8742 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8744 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8746 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8747 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8751 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8754 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8756 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8766 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8768 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8769 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8775 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8778 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8780 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8781 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8785 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8786 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8787 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8788 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8789 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
8791 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
8795 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
8797 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
8798 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
8800 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8801 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
8802 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
8804 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8808 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
8810 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
, offset
, 0);
8812 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
8815 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8818 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8820 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8821 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8822 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8823 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8826 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8827 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8828 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8829 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8831 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8832 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8833 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8834 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8836 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8837 autoincrement addressing modes.
8839 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8840 location list for RTL.
8842 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8844 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8845 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8847 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8848 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8850 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8851 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8852 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8853 zeroth element of the array. */
8855 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8857 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8862 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8863 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8865 /* ... fall through ... */
8868 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8869 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8870 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8871 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8872 contains the given subreg. */
8873 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8875 /* ... fall through ... */
8878 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8879 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8880 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8881 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8882 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8883 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8884 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8885 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8886 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8887 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8888 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8889 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8890 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8891 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8892 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0);
8896 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8897 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8898 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8902 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8904 /* ... fall through ... */
8907 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8908 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8912 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8913 by a different symbol. */
8914 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8917 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8919 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8922 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8923 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8928 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8929 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8930 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8931 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8936 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8937 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8938 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8939 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
8943 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8945 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8950 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8952 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8953 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8954 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8955 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8957 /* ... fall through ... */
8961 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8962 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8963 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8966 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8967 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8970 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8971 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8972 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8973 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8974 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8977 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8978 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8979 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8980 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8985 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8986 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9005 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
9006 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
9008 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
9011 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
9012 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
9013 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9018 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
9025 return mem_loc_result
;
9028 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9029 This is typically a complex variable. */
9031 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9032 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
9034 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9035 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
9036 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
9038 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
9041 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
9042 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
9044 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
9045 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
9047 return cc_loc_result
;
9050 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9051 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9052 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9053 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9054 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9056 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9058 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9059 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
9061 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
9063 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9066 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9067 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9068 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9069 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9070 contains the given subreg. */
9071 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
9073 /* ... fall through ... */
9076 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9080 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
9084 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
9089 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
9091 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0));
9095 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
9100 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9101 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9102 enum machine_mode mode
;
9105 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9106 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9107 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9108 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9109 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9111 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9113 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9114 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
9115 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9116 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9128 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9129 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9130 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9131 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9132 the value of LOC. */
9134 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9135 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
9137 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
9138 int have_address
= 0;
9139 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9141 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9142 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9145 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
9150 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
9151 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9152 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9153 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9154 the names of types. */
9160 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9161 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9162 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9163 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9164 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9168 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9172 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9173 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
9176 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
9180 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9181 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
9184 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9185 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9186 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
9189 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9190 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9195 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9196 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9199 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
9200 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9201 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9203 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
9204 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9212 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
9213 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
9220 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9222 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9224 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
9226 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9227 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
9228 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
9229 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
9231 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
9233 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9235 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9236 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9237 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9241 enum machine_mode mode
;
9243 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9244 if (want_address
== 2)
9245 return loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9247 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9250 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9253 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9259 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9264 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9268 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9269 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9272 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
9277 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9280 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9281 enum machine_mode mode
;
9283 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9285 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9286 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9291 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9293 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9296 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9298 /* Variable offset. */
9299 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9300 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9303 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9305 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9306 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9308 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9309 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9317 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9318 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9325 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9326 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9327 enum machine_mode mode
;
9329 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9331 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9332 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9333 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9338 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9339 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9344 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9350 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9355 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9357 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9358 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9366 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9368 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9369 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9382 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9386 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9387 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9389 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9393 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9394 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9395 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9405 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9412 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9419 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9426 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9441 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9442 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9443 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9446 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9447 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9450 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9464 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9468 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9474 const enum tree_code code
=
9475 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9477 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9478 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9479 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9480 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9483 /* ... fall through ... */
9487 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9488 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9489 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9490 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9491 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9493 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9494 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9497 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9498 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9500 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9501 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9502 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9504 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9505 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9506 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9508 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9509 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9510 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9511 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9512 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9516 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9520 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9521 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9522 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9523 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9526 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9527 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9528 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9531 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9532 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9537 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9538 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9541 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9542 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
9544 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9546 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9548 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9551 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9553 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9559 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9560 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9562 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9565 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9566 which is not less than the value itself. */
9568 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9569 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9571 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9574 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9575 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9576 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9580 field_type (tree decl
)
9584 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9585 return integer_type_node
;
9587 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9588 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9589 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9594 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9595 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9596 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9598 static inline unsigned
9599 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9601 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9604 static inline unsigned
9605 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9607 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9610 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9611 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9612 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9613 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9614 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9617 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9618 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9620 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9621 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9622 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9623 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9625 tree field_size_tree
;
9626 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9627 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9628 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9630 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9633 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9635 type
= field_type (decl
);
9636 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9638 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9639 a flexible array member. */
9640 if (! field_size_tree
)
9641 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9643 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9644 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9645 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9646 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9649 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9651 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9652 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9653 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9655 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9657 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9658 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9659 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9661 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9662 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9663 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9664 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9665 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9666 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9667 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9668 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9670 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9672 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9673 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9674 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9675 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9676 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9677 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9678 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9679 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9680 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9681 bits of the bit-field itself.
9683 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9684 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9685 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9686 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9687 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9688 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9689 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9690 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9691 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9693 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9694 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9695 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9696 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9697 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9698 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9700 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9701 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9702 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9704 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9705 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9706 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9708 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9709 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9710 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9711 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9713 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9715 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9716 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9718 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9719 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9720 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9721 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9724 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9727 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9728 associated with them. */
9730 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9732 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9733 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9734 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9737 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9738 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9741 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9744 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9745 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9746 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9747 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9748 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9749 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9752 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9753 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9754 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9755 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9756 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9757 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9758 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9759 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9760 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9764 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9766 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9767 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9769 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9771 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9772 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9774 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9775 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9776 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9777 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9779 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9781 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9783 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9785 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9786 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9787 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9789 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9790 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9791 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9793 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9794 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9795 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
9797 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9798 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9799 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9800 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9802 /* Extract the offset. */
9803 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9804 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9806 /* Add it to the object address. */
9807 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9808 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9811 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9814 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9818 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9820 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9821 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9822 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9824 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9825 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9826 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9830 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9833 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9836 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9839 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9842 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9846 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9852 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9854 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9855 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9857 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9863 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9869 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9872 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9878 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9879 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9881 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9882 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9884 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9889 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9890 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9891 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9892 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9893 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9896 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9898 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9902 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9905 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9907 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9912 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9913 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9914 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9915 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9917 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9919 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
9921 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9922 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9924 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9925 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9929 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9930 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
9932 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9933 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9940 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9941 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9942 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9943 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9947 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
9949 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
9950 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9952 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9953 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
9955 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
9963 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
9964 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
9971 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
9972 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
9975 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
9976 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
9978 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
9979 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9984 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
9985 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
9990 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
9991 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
9993 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
9994 insert_float (elt
, p
);
10002 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
10007 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
10013 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
10014 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
10018 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10019 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10020 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10021 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10022 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10023 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10024 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10025 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10026 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10027 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10028 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10032 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10033 gcc_unreachable ();
10038 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10039 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10042 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
10043 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10045 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
10046 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
10048 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
10049 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
10055 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10056 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10059 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
10061 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
10063 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10064 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10065 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10067 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10068 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10069 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
10071 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
10073 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
10074 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
10075 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
10076 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
10077 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
10078 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
10079 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
10081 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10083 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
10085 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10086 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10087 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
10089 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10090 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10091 reference variables which won't be output. */
10092 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
10093 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
10095 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
10097 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10098 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
10104 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10107 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
10111 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10112 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10113 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10115 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10116 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10117 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10118 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10119 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10120 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10121 referenced within the function.
10123 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10124 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10125 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10126 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10128 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10129 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10130 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10131 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10132 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10133 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10135 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10136 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10137 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10138 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10139 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10140 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10141 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10142 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10143 output at debug-time.
10145 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10146 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10147 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10148 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10149 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10150 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10151 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10152 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10153 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10154 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10155 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10156 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10157 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10159 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10160 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10161 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10162 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10163 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10164 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10165 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10166 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10167 I'd like to fix it.
10169 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10170 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10171 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10172 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10173 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10174 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10175 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10176 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10177 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10178 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10179 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10181 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10182 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10184 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10185 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10186 fixed registers. */
10187 if (! reload_completed
)
10190 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
10192 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
10194 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10195 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
10197 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10202 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
10204 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
10206 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10207 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
10208 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
10209 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
10211 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10212 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10213 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10214 if (dmode
== pmode
)
10215 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10216 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
10217 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10218 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10220 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10223 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
10225 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10226 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
10227 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10228 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
10235 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10236 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10237 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10238 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10239 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10240 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10242 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
10243 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
10244 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10245 /* Not passed in memory. */
10246 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10247 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10248 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10249 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10250 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10251 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10252 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10255 /* Big endian correction check. */
10256 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10257 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
10258 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
10261 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
10262 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10264 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10265 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10268 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10271 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10272 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10274 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10275 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10277 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10278 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10279 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10280 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10281 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10282 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10284 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10285 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10288 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10289 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10290 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10291 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10292 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10295 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10297 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10298 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10299 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10301 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10306 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10307 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10308 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10309 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10310 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10311 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10313 static const char *
10314 secname_for_decl (tree decl
)
10316 const char *secname
;
10318 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10320 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10321 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10323 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10325 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10326 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10328 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
10329 secname
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
10331 secname
= text_section_label
;
10336 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10337 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10338 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10339 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10340 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10341 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10342 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10343 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10344 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10345 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10348 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10349 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10352 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10353 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10354 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10355 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10358 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10359 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10361 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10362 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10364 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10366 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10368 const char *endname
, *secname
;
10369 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10372 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10373 actually construct the list of locations.
10374 The first location information is what is passed to the
10375 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10376 locations just get added on to that list.
10377 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10378 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10379 the range [current location start, next location start].
10380 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10381 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10383 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10384 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10385 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
10387 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10388 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10391 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10392 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10394 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10395 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10396 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10397 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10398 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10401 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10402 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10403 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10405 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10407 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10408 if (!current_function_decl
)
10409 endname
= text_end_label
;
10412 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10413 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10414 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10416 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10417 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10420 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10421 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10425 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10428 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10429 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10431 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10435 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10436 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10437 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10438 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10440 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10441 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
));
10444 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10449 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10450 description from the tree. */
10451 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10454 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10457 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10458 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10459 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
10462 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10463 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10464 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10467 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10469 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10470 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10473 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10478 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10480 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10483 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10484 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10485 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10486 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10489 static dw_loc_list_ref
10490 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10493 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
10495 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
10496 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
10498 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
10500 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
10504 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
10505 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
10506 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
10507 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
10509 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
10511 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10512 advance opcodes. */
10513 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10514 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10516 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10517 last_label
= start_label
;
10519 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10520 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
10522 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
10523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
10524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
10525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
10526 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10528 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10529 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10532 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10533 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10534 start_label
= last_label
;
10536 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
10539 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
10540 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10541 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
10542 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
10543 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10544 if it were to be required. */
10545 gcc_unreachable ();
10548 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10552 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10554 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10555 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10557 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10558 start_label
= last_label
;
10560 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
10561 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
10567 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10568 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10569 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10570 before the latter is negated. */
10573 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10577 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10578 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10579 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10581 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10582 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10585 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10586 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10588 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10589 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10591 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10592 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
10594 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
10597 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10598 the value of the attribute. */
10601 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10603 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10605 if (demangle_name_func
)
10606 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10608 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10612 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10615 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10617 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10619 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10622 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10623 a representation for that bound. */
10626 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10628 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10633 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10635 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10636 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10637 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10638 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10639 /* Use the default. */
10642 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10647 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10648 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10649 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10659 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10661 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10662 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10663 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10664 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10665 later parameter. */
10666 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10667 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10673 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10674 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10676 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10677 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10679 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
10683 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10684 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10686 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10688 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10689 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10690 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10691 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10693 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10699 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10700 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10703 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10705 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10706 unsigned dimension_number
;
10709 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10711 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10712 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10713 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10714 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10715 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10716 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10717 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10718 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10720 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10721 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10722 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10723 gen_array_type_die. */
10724 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10725 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10726 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10727 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10730 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10732 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10733 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10735 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10738 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10739 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10740 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10742 /* Define the index type. */
10743 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10745 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10746 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10747 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10748 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10749 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10750 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10751 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10754 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10758 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10759 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10761 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10762 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10763 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10765 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10767 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10770 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10771 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10777 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10781 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10786 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10789 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10790 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10793 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10794 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10795 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10796 even for bit-fields. */
10797 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10800 gcc_unreachable ();
10803 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10804 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10805 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10806 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10807 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10810 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10811 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10812 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10815 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10816 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10817 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10818 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10819 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10820 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10822 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10823 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10824 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10827 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10829 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10830 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10831 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10832 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10833 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10834 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10836 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10837 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10839 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10840 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10841 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10842 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10843 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10846 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10848 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10849 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10850 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10851 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10852 below must take account of these differences. */
10853 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10854 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10856 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10858 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10859 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10863 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10864 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10865 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10867 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10870 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10871 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10874 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10876 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10877 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
10878 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
10880 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10881 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10884 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10885 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10888 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10890 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10891 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10892 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10895 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10896 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10900 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10902 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10904 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10906 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10907 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10908 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10910 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10911 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10915 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10917 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10919 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10922 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10923 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10924 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10925 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10927 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10928 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10929 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10930 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10931 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10932 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10933 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10937 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10940 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10943 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
10945 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10947 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10949 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10950 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10951 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10952 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10955 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10956 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10957 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10958 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10962 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10965 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10967 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
10969 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
10970 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
10973 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10974 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10977 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10981 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10982 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10984 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10985 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10986 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10988 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10989 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10990 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10991 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
10992 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
10993 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10994 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10997 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10998 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10999 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11000 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11002 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
11003 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11004 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11009 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11012 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
11014 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
11017 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11020 pop_decl_scope (void)
11022 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
11025 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11026 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11027 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11028 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11029 the current active scope. */
11032 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11034 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
11035 tree containing_scope
;
11038 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11039 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
11041 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
11043 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11044 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11046 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
11049 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11052 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11053 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11054 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11055 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
11056 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11058 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
11059 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11060 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
11062 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11063 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11064 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11065 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
11066 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
11071 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11072 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
11074 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11075 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11078 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
11081 scope_die
= context_die
;
11086 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11089 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11091 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
11092 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11093 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11099 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11100 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11103 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11105 return (context_die
11106 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
11107 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
11108 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
11111 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11112 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11113 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11116 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
11117 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11119 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11120 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
11122 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11123 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11124 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11125 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11126 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
11127 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
11128 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11130 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
11131 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11132 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11133 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11134 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
11137 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
11138 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
11139 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
11142 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
11143 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
11146 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11147 function call type. */
11149 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree type
)
11151 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
11153 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (type
);
11155 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11156 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11157 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
11158 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
11161 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11162 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11163 was declared without a tag. */
11165 static const char *
11166 type_tag (tree type
)
11168 const char *name
= 0;
11170 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
11174 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11175 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11176 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
11178 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11179 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11181 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11182 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11183 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
11185 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11187 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
11190 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
11193 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11194 for bit field types. */
11197 member_declared_type (tree member
)
11199 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
11200 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
11203 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11204 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11207 static const char *
11208 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
11211 const char *fnname
;
11213 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11214 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
11217 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
11219 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
11224 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11225 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11226 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11229 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11231 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11232 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11235 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11236 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11237 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11238 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11239 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11242 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11243 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11244 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11246 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11248 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11249 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11250 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
11251 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
11255 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11256 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11257 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11258 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11259 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11260 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11261 for multidimensional arrays. */
11262 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
11265 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11266 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11267 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11268 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
11269 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11272 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
11274 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11275 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11277 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11278 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11279 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11280 add_subscript_info. */
11281 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11282 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11283 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
11285 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
11288 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11290 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11291 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
11296 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11298 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11299 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
11301 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11302 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
11305 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11306 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11307 0, 0, context_die
);
11310 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11311 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11313 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
11317 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11318 emit full debugging info for them. */
11321 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11325 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
11326 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
11329 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11332 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11334 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
11336 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11337 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11338 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11341 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11344 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11346 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
11348 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11349 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11350 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11353 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11356 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11358 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
11360 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11361 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11362 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11365 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11366 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11367 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11371 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11373 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11375 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11377 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
11378 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11379 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11380 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11382 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11385 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11387 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11388 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11389 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11390 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11394 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11395 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11396 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11397 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11399 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11400 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11401 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11402 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
11404 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
11405 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11407 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
11408 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11410 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
11411 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
11413 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
11414 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11415 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11416 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11417 values as if they were signed. That means that
11418 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11419 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11420 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11421 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11425 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11427 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11428 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
11433 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11434 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11437 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11438 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11439 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11440 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11441 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11442 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11443 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11444 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11447 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11449 dw_die_ref parm_die
11450 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11453 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11455 case tcc_declaration
:
11456 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11457 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11458 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11461 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11462 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11463 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11464 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11466 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11467 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11470 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11471 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11472 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11477 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11478 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11482 gcc_unreachable ();
11488 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11489 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11492 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11494 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11497 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11498 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11499 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11500 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11503 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11506 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11507 tree first_parm_type
;
11510 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11512 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11513 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11518 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11520 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11521 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11522 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11524 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11526 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11527 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11530 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11531 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11532 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11533 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11534 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11535 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11537 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11539 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11542 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11543 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11544 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11545 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11547 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11548 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11549 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11550 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11551 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11552 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11555 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11556 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11557 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11558 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11559 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11562 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11564 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11566 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11567 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11568 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11569 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11571 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11572 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
11574 push_decl_scope (type
);
11575 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11576 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11577 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
11578 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
11580 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11581 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11582 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
11583 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
11584 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
11586 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
11587 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
11591 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
11597 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11598 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11601 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11603 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11605 struct function
*save_cfun
;
11607 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11609 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11610 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11612 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11613 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11614 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11617 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11618 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11619 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11621 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11623 gen_type_die_for_member
11624 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11627 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11628 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11630 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11631 cfun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
11633 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11634 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11635 if (! was_abstract
)
11636 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11638 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11642 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11643 htab_traverse_resize().
11645 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11646 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11648 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11654 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11656 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
11660 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11662 premark_used_types (void)
11664 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
11665 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
11668 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11672 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11674 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11675 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11676 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11679 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11680 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11681 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11683 premark_used_types ();
11685 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11686 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11687 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11688 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11689 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11691 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11692 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11695 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
11698 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11699 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11700 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
11701 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11702 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11703 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11704 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
11706 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11708 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
11710 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11711 inline function. */
11712 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11713 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11715 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11716 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11720 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11721 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11723 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11724 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11725 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11726 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11727 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11729 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11730 something we have already output. */
11734 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11735 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11736 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11737 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11738 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11739 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11740 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11741 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11742 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11743 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11744 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11745 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11747 subr_die
= old_die
;
11749 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11750 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11751 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11752 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11753 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11754 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11755 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11759 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11760 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11761 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11762 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11763 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11764 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11769 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11771 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11772 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11774 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11775 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11777 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11778 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11779 0, 0, context_die
);
11782 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11783 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11784 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11786 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11787 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11788 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11789 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11794 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11796 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11798 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11799 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11800 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11801 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11803 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11804 later reused to represent definition. */
11805 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11808 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11810 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11812 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11813 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11815 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11819 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11820 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11822 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11825 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11827 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11829 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
11831 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11832 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11834 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
11836 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11837 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11838 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11839 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11840 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11841 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11843 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11844 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11847 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11848 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11849 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11851 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11852 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11853 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11854 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11856 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11857 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11858 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11862 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11863 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11864 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11867 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
11869 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11870 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11871 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11872 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11873 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11874 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11875 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11877 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11878 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11879 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11880 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11882 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
11883 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
11884 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
11886 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
11889 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11890 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11891 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11892 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11893 by this displacement. */
11894 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
11896 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11897 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11898 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
11901 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11902 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11903 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11904 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11905 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11906 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11907 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11908 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11909 an ellipsis at the end. */
11911 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11912 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11913 its formal parameters. */
11914 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11916 else if (declaration
)
11917 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11920 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11921 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11924 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11925 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11926 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11927 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11929 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11930 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11931 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11932 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11934 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11937 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11938 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11939 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11940 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11941 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11942 parameters at all. */
11943 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11944 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11946 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11947 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11948 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11950 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11951 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11954 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11955 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11956 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11958 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11959 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11960 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11961 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11962 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11963 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11964 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11966 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11967 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11968 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11969 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11970 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11971 constructor function. */
11972 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11974 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11975 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
11976 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
11978 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11979 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11981 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11982 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11984 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11985 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11987 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11988 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11993 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11994 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11998 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12001 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12003 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12004 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
12006 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12007 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
12008 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12009 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12010 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12011 the program. For example, consider the C++
12015 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12020 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12022 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12023 definition is required, so the compiler will
12024 not emit a definition. */
12025 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
12026 && DECL_COMDAT (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12027 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
12029 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12030 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
12032 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12033 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12035 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12036 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12039 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12041 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12042 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12043 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12045 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
12046 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
12048 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12049 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
12050 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
12052 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
12053 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
12055 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
12056 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12058 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
12059 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
12064 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
12065 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12066 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12068 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
12069 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
12071 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12072 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12074 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12075 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12076 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12077 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12081 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12083 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
12084 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
12086 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12088 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
12089 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
12092 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
12095 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12098 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12100 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12101 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
12103 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12105 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12106 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
12108 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
12110 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12111 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
12114 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
12116 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12117 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12118 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12122 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
12124 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12125 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12126 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12127 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12128 it if it ever does happen. */
12129 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
12131 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
12132 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12137 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12138 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12139 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12142 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12144 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
12146 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
12147 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
12150 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12151 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12154 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12156 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12158 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
12162 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
12164 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
12167 add_ranges (chain
);
12168 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
12175 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12176 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12177 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12178 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
12179 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12180 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
12184 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12187 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12189 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
12191 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12192 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
12194 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
12197 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12200 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12202 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12204 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12205 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12206 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12207 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12208 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12210 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12212 dw_die_ref subr_die
12213 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
12215 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12216 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12217 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12219 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
12220 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
12223 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12224 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12225 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12226 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12227 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12228 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12229 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12230 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12231 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12232 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12233 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12235 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12238 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12241 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12243 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12245 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
12248 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
12249 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
12250 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
12251 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
12254 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
12256 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12257 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12258 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12261 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
12262 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12264 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12265 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12267 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12268 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12269 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12270 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12272 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12273 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
12277 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12278 Use modified_type_die instead.
12279 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12280 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12283 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12286 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12288 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12289 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12290 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12293 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12294 Use modified_type_die instead.
12295 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12296 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12299 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12302 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12304 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
12305 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12306 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12310 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12313 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12316 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
12317 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12319 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12320 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12321 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
12322 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12325 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12328 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
12331 char producer
[250];
12332 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
12335 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
12339 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
12340 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12341 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
12342 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
12345 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
12347 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12348 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12349 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12350 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12351 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12352 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12353 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12354 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12355 strcat (producer
, " -g");
12358 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
12360 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
12361 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
12362 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12363 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
12364 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
12365 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
12366 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
12367 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
12368 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12369 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
12370 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
12371 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
12372 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12373 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
12374 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12375 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
12377 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
12379 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
12383 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12386 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12388 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
12390 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12391 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
12393 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
12394 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
12396 if (access
== access_public_node
)
12397 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
12398 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
12399 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12402 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12405 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12408 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
12411 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12412 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12413 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12414 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12415 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12416 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12417 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12418 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12419 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12420 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12421 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12423 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12426 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
12430 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
12431 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
12432 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
12433 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
12436 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12437 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12439 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12440 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12441 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12442 do put them in the right order. */
12444 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12446 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12448 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12451 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12452 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12454 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12455 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
12458 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12460 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12462 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12466 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12467 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12468 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12471 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12473 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12474 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
12476 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
12477 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12478 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
12479 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
12481 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
12484 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
12485 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12486 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
12489 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12491 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
12492 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12494 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
12496 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12497 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
12499 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12501 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
12503 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12506 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12508 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12509 then give a list of members. */
12510 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
12512 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12513 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12514 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12515 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12516 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12517 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12519 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12520 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12521 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12522 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
12524 push_decl_scope (type
);
12525 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
12528 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12529 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12531 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12533 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12534 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12535 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12540 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12542 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12543 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12544 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12545 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
12548 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12549 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
12552 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12555 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12557 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12558 dw_die_ref subr_die
12559 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12560 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12562 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12563 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12564 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12565 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12567 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12568 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
12571 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12574 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12576 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12579 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12582 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12583 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12584 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12585 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12586 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12591 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12592 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12594 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12596 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12597 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12600 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12602 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12603 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12606 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12607 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12609 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12610 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
12613 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12616 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12620 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12623 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12624 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12626 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12629 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12630 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
12632 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12633 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12637 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12638 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12639 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12640 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12641 cloned type itself). */
12642 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12643 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12645 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12648 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12654 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12655 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12656 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12657 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12658 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12660 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12662 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12663 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12664 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12668 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12669 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12670 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12672 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12673 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12675 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12677 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12680 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12681 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12682 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12683 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12687 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12688 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12689 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12693 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12697 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12700 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12703 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12704 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12705 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12706 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12707 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12708 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12709 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12710 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12711 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12712 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12714 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12716 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12719 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12720 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12721 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12726 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12730 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12731 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12733 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12738 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12739 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12740 when appropriate. */
12748 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12752 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12756 gcc_unreachable ();
12759 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12762 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12765 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12767 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12770 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12771 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12772 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12774 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
12776 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12777 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12779 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12784 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12785 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12789 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12793 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12794 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12798 gcc_unreachable ();
12802 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12803 things which are local to the given block. */
12806 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12808 int must_output_die
= 0;
12811 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12813 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12814 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12817 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12818 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12819 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12820 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12824 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12825 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12830 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12831 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12832 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12833 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12834 the current block. */
12835 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12836 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12838 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12840 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12841 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12842 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12843 must_output_die
= 1;
12846 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12847 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12848 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12849 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12850 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12851 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12852 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12853 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12855 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12856 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12857 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12858 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12859 as being a "significant" one. */
12860 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
12861 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
12862 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
12863 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
12865 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12866 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12867 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12868 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12869 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12870 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12872 must_output_die
= 1;
12878 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12879 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12880 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12881 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12882 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12883 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12884 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12885 if (must_output_die
)
12887 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12888 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12890 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12893 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12896 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12897 all of its sub-blocks. */
12900 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12905 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12906 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12909 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
12911 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12912 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12913 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12914 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12915 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12919 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12920 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12921 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12922 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12926 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12927 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12928 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12929 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12930 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12931 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
))
12934 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12938 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12939 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12942 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12943 therein) of this block. */
12944 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12946 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12947 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12950 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12953 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
12955 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12958 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12959 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12960 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12961 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12962 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12963 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12969 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12972 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
12974 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12975 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
12976 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
12977 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12980 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12981 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
12984 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12985 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
12986 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
12988 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
12991 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12993 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12997 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12999 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13000 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13001 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13002 declaration die. */
13003 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
13004 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
13005 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13006 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
13010 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13011 gen_decl_die() call. */
13012 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
13013 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
13014 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13015 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
13018 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13019 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13023 gcc_unreachable ();
13026 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13028 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13029 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
13035 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
13038 force_type_die (tree type
)
13040 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13042 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13045 dw_die_ref context_die
;
13046 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13048 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13049 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13051 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13054 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13056 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13059 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13060 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13061 gcc_assert (type_die
);
13066 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13067 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13070 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13072 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
13073 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
13074 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13075 /* Force out the namespace. */
13076 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13078 return context_die
;
13081 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13082 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13084 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13085 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13088 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13090 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
13092 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13095 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13096 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13097 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13098 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
13101 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
13103 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
13105 if (DECL_P (thing
))
13106 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13108 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13112 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13115 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
13117 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
13119 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13120 they are an alias of. */
13121 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
13123 /* Output a real namespace. */
13124 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13125 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
13126 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13127 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13131 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13133 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13134 dw_die_ref origin_die
13135 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13137 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13138 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13139 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
13140 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13141 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
13142 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13146 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13149 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13153 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13156 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13162 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13163 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13166 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13167 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13168 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13169 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
13170 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
13175 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13176 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13177 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
13178 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13181 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13182 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
13183 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13185 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13186 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13187 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
13188 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
13189 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
13190 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13191 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13192 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13193 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13195 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
13196 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
13199 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13200 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13202 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13203 have described its return type. */
13204 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
13206 /* And its virtual context. */
13207 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13208 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
13210 /* And its containing type. */
13211 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13212 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13213 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13215 /* And its containing namespace. */
13216 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13219 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13220 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13224 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13225 actual typedefs. */
13226 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13229 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13230 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13231 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13232 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13233 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13234 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13235 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13237 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13241 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
13242 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13244 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13245 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
13249 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13250 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
13255 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13256 variable declarations or definitions. */
13257 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13260 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13262 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13264 /* And its containing type. */
13265 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13266 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13267 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13269 /* And its containing namespace. */
13270 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13272 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13273 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13274 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13276 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13277 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
13278 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13280 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
13284 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13285 anonymous unions and structs. */
13286 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
13287 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
13288 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
13290 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
13291 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
13296 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13297 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13300 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13301 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
13305 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13306 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
13311 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13312 compilation proper has finished. */
13315 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
13317 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13318 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13319 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13320 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13321 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
13322 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13325 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13326 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13328 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
13331 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13334 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13337 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
13339 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
13340 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
13341 expanded_location xloc
;
13343 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13348 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13349 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13352 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13353 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13355 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13356 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
13357 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
13359 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13361 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13362 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
13363 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13366 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13367 if (!at_import_die
)
13369 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13370 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13371 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
13373 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13374 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
13376 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13377 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13378 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13380 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13382 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13383 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
13385 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
13389 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13390 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13391 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
13393 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
13395 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
13396 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
13397 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
13398 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
13401 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13404 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
13406 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13408 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13413 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13414 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13415 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13416 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13417 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13418 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13419 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13420 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13421 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13422 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13423 with the definition of the function.
13425 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13426 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13427 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13428 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13429 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13430 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13431 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13432 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13433 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13434 that they *are* definitions).
13436 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13437 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13438 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13439 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13440 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13441 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13444 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13445 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13446 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13447 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
13448 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13449 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13450 context_die
= NULL
;
13454 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13455 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13456 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13457 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13458 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13459 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13460 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13461 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13462 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
13465 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13466 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
13467 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
13469 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13470 variable declarations or definitions. */
13471 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13475 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13476 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13478 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
13483 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13484 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
13487 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13488 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13489 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
13491 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13492 comparisons have. */
13494 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13495 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13496 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
13501 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13502 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13505 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13506 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13507 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
13508 context_die
= NULL
;
13516 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13519 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13520 a lexical block. */
13523 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13524 unsigned int blocknum
)
13526 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13527 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13530 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13534 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
13536 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13537 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13540 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13541 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13543 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13544 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13545 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13548 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13552 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13553 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13554 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13560 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13563 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
13565 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p1
= p1_p
;
13566 const char * p2
= p2_p
;
13567 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
13571 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
13573 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p
= p_p
;
13574 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
13577 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13578 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13579 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13580 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13581 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13582 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13583 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13584 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13585 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13588 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
13589 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13592 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
13594 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13595 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13596 if (file_table_last_lookup
13597 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
13598 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
13599 return file_table_last_lookup
;
13601 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13602 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
13603 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
13607 created
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data
));
13608 created
->filename
= file_name
;
13609 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
13614 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13615 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13616 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13617 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13618 types, which may include filenames. */
13621 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
13623 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
13625 if (last_emitted_file
)
13626 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
13628 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
13629 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
13631 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13633 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
13634 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
, fd
->filename
);
13635 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13639 return fd
->emitted_number
;
13642 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13643 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13644 our lookup table. */
13647 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13649 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13650 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13652 static rtx last_insn
;
13653 static const char *last_label
;
13656 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13658 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13660 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13661 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13662 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13664 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13665 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13666 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
13667 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13669 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13673 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13674 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13676 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13678 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13679 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13681 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13682 newloc
->section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
13684 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
13686 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13687 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13688 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
13689 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
13692 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13693 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13694 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13695 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13698 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
13700 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13702 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
13703 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
13706 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13707 and record information relating to this source line, in
13708 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13711 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13713 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13716 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13718 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13720 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13721 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13722 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13725 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13727 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13728 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13730 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13731 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13733 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
13735 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13736 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
13737 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13738 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13740 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13741 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13742 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13744 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13745 separate_line_info_table
13746 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13747 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13748 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13749 memset (separate_line_info_table
13750 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13752 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13753 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13756 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13758 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13759 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
13760 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13761 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13765 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13767 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13768 line_info_table_in_use
);
13770 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13771 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13773 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13775 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13776 (line_info_table_allocated
13777 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13778 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13779 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13782 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13783 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13784 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
13785 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13790 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13793 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13795 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13797 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13798 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13800 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13801 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13804 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13806 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13808 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13810 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13813 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
13817 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13820 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13822 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13823 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13824 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13826 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13828 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13829 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13833 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13834 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13835 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13838 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13839 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13841 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13843 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13846 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13850 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13851 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13852 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13855 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13856 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13858 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13860 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13863 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13867 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13870 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13872 /* Allocate the file_table. */
13873 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
13874 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
13876 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13877 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13878 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13880 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13881 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13882 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13884 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13885 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
13887 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13888 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13889 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13890 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13891 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13892 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13894 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13895 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13896 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13897 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13899 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13900 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13902 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
13903 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
13904 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
13906 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13907 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13908 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13909 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13910 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13911 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13912 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13914 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
13916 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
13918 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
13919 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13920 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
13921 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13922 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
13923 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13924 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
13925 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13926 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
13927 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13928 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
13929 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13930 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
13931 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13932 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
13933 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
13934 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13936 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
13937 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
13938 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
13939 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13940 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
13941 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13943 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13944 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
13945 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13946 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13947 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
13948 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13949 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
13951 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
13952 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13953 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
13954 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13955 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
13956 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13957 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
13958 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
13959 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
13960 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
13961 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
13962 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
13964 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13966 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13967 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
13968 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13969 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
13972 switch_to_section (text_section
);
13973 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
13974 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
13976 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
13977 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
13981 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13982 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13985 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13987 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
13989 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
13991 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
13992 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
13993 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
13999 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14000 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14003 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
14007 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
14008 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
14010 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14012 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14013 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14016 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
14022 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
14025 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14026 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14029 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
14034 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14036 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
14038 /* A reference to another DIE.
14039 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14040 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
14042 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14043 accounts properly for it. */
14044 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14045 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
14050 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14051 to DIE's children. */
14054 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
14058 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
14060 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14063 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14064 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14065 if (die
->die_parent
)
14066 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
14068 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14069 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14071 /* If this node is a specification,
14072 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14073 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
14074 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
14077 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
14079 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14080 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14083 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14084 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14085 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
14086 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
14088 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
14093 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14096 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
14100 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14104 switch (die
->die_tag
)
14106 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
14107 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
14108 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
14109 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
14110 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
14111 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
14112 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
14113 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
14114 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
14115 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
14116 case DW_TAG_friend
:
14117 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
14118 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
14119 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
14120 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
14121 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
14122 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
14123 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
14124 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
14125 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
14128 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14132 /* Mark everything else. */
14138 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14139 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14141 /* Mark children. */
14142 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
14145 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14149 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
14154 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14155 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14157 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
14159 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14160 twice in the hash table. */
14162 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
14165 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
14166 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
14168 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
14174 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14177 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
14181 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
14182 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
14184 if (! die
->die_child
)
14187 c
= die
->die_child
;
14189 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
14190 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
14191 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
14193 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14195 /* No marked children at all. */
14196 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
14199 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
14200 die
->die_child
= prev
;
14205 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
14207 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
14208 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
14212 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14215 prune_unused_types (void)
14218 limbo_die_node
*node
;
14221 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14222 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14223 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
14224 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14225 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
14226 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14228 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14229 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
14230 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14231 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
14233 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14234 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14235 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
14236 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
14237 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
14238 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
14240 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14241 if (debug_str_hash
)
14242 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
14243 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
14244 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14245 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
14247 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14248 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14249 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14250 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
14253 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14256 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
14259 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
14260 if (d
->emitted_number
&& !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
14268 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14269 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14272 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
14274 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
14275 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
14277 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14278 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14279 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
14280 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
14281 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14282 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
14285 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
14287 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14290 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14291 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14292 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14293 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14295 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
14297 next_node
= node
->next
;
14300 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14302 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
14305 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
14306 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
14308 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
14309 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14310 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14313 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14314 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14315 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14316 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14317 this to be a child of the containing function.
14319 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14320 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14321 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14322 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14323 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
14325 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
14327 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
14328 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14329 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
14330 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14332 gcc_assert (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
);
14334 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
14336 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
14338 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14343 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
14345 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14346 emit full debugging info for them. */
14347 retry_incomplete_types ();
14349 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
14350 prune_unused_types ();
14352 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14353 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14354 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14355 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
14357 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14358 that have children. */
14359 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
14360 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14361 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
14363 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14364 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14365 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14366 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14368 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14369 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14372 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14374 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
14376 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
14377 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
14380 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14381 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14382 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
14383 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
14385 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14386 if (have_location_lists
)
14388 /* Output the location lists info. */
14389 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
14390 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
14391 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14392 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
14393 output_location_lists (die
);
14396 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
14397 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
14398 debug_line_section_label
);
14400 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14401 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
14403 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14404 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14405 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14406 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
14408 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
14410 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14411 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14412 output_abbrev_section ();
14414 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14415 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
14417 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
14418 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
14421 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14422 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14423 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
14425 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
14426 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
14430 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14431 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14432 if (fde_table_in_use
)
14434 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
14438 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14439 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
14441 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
14442 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
14446 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14447 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14448 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14449 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14450 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14451 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14452 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14454 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14455 output_line_info ();
14458 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14459 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14461 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14462 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14465 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14467 if (debug_str_hash
)
14468 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
14472 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14473 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
14475 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14477 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"